CSP: Allow an option of disabling nonces
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.32.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1090 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1091 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1092 *
1093 * @since 1.32
1094 */
1095 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1096
1097 /**
1098 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1099 * image formats.
1100 */
1101 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1105 *
1106 * @since 1.26
1107 */
1108 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1112 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1113 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1114 *
1115 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1116 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1117 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1118 */
1119 $wgSVGConverters = [
1120 'ImageMagick' =>
1121 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1122 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1123 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1124 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1125 . '$output $input',
1126 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1127 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1128 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1129 ];
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1135
1136 /**
1137 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1138 */
1139 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1140
1141 /**
1142 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1143 */
1144 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1145
1146 /**
1147 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1148 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1149 */
1150 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1154 *
1155 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1156 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1157 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1158 *
1159 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1160 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1161 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1162 */
1163 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1164
1165 /**
1166 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1167 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1168 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1169 *
1170 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1171 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1172 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1173 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1174 *
1175 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1176 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1177 */
1178 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1179
1180 /**
1181 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1182 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1183 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1184 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1185 */
1186 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1187
1188 /**
1189 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1190 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1191 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1192 *
1193 * @par Example:
1194 * @code
1195 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1196 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1197 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1198 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1199 * @endcode
1200 */
1201 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1205 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1206 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1207 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1208 */
1209 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1213 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1214 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1215 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1216 */
1217 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1218
1219 /**
1220 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1221 * output instead of showing an error message.
1222 *
1223 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1224 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1225 *
1226 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1227 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1228 * are logged to a file for review.
1229 */
1230 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1234 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1235 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1236 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1237 * webserver(s).
1238 */
1239 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1240
1241 /**
1242 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1243 */
1244 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1245
1246 /**
1247 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1248 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1249 * is available that can rotate.
1250 */
1251 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1255 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1256 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1257 */
1258 $wgAntivirus = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1262 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1263 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1264 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1265 *
1266 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1267 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1268 *
1269 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1270 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1271 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1272 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1273 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1274 * path.
1275 *
1276 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1277 * function in SpecialUpload.
1278 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1279 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1280 * is not set.
1281 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1282 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1283 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1284 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1285 * no virus was found.
1286 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1287 * a virus.
1288 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1289 *
1290 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1291 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1292 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1293 */
1294 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1295
1296 # setup for clamav
1297 'clamav' => [
1298 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1299 'codemap' => [
1300 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1301 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1302 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1303 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1304 ],
1305 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1306 ],
1307 ];
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1311 */
1312 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1313
1314 /**
1315 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1316 */
1317 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1321 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1322 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1323 */
1324 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 */
1330 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1331
1332 /**
1333 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1334 * the MIME type to standard output.
1335 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1336 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1337 *
1338 * @par Example:
1339 * @code
1340 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1341 * @endcode
1342 */
1343 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1344
1345 /**
1346 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1347 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1348 * can be trusted.
1349 */
1350 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1354 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1355 */
1356 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1357 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1358 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1359 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1360 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1361 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1366 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1367 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1368 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1369 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1370 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1371 */
1372 $wgImageLimits = [
1373 [ 320, 240 ],
1374 [ 640, 480 ],
1375 [ 800, 600 ],
1376 [ 1024, 768 ],
1377 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1378 ];
1379
1380 /**
1381 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1382 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1383 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1384 */
1385 $wgThumbLimits = [
1386 120,
1387 150,
1388 180,
1389 200,
1390 250,
1391 300
1392 ];
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1396 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1397 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1398 *
1399 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1400 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1401 * supports it.
1402 */
1403 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1404
1405 /**
1406 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1407 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1408 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1409 * following buckets:
1410 *
1411 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1412 *
1413 * and a distance of 50:
1414 *
1415 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1416 *
1417 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1418 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1419 */
1420 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1421
1422 /**
1423 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1424 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1425 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1426 *
1427 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1433
1434 /**
1435 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1436 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1437 *
1438 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1439 * thumbnail's URL.
1440 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1441 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1442 *
1443 * @since 1.25
1444 */
1445 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1446
1447 /**
1448 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1456 * HTTP request to.
1457 *
1458 * @since 1.25
1459 */
1460 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1464 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1465 *
1466 * @since 1.26
1467 */
1468 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1469
1470 /**
1471 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1472 * Fields are:
1473 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1474 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1475 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1476 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1477 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1478 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1479 * @deprecated since 1.28
1480 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1481 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1482 * - mode: Gallery mode
1483 */
1484 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1488 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1489 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1490 */
1491 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1495 */
1496 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1500 *
1501 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1502 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1503 */
1504 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1505
1506 /**
1507 * @name DJVU settings
1508 * @{
1509 */
1510
1511 /**
1512 * Path of the djvudump executable
1513 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1514 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1515 */
1516 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1517
1518 /**
1519 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1520 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1521 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1524
1525 /**
1526 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1527 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1528 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1529 */
1530 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1531
1532 /**
1533 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1534 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1535 *
1536 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1537 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1538 * the efficiency problem.
1539 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1540 *
1541 * @par Example:
1542 * @code
1543 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1544 * @endcode
1545 */
1546 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1547
1548 /**
1549 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1550 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1551 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1552 */
1553 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1554
1555 /**
1556 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1557 */
1558 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1559
1560 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1561
1562 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1563
1564 /************************************************************************//**
1565 * @name Email settings
1566 * @{
1567 */
1568
1569 /**
1570 * Site admin email address.
1571 *
1572 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1573 */
1574 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1578 *
1579 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1580 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1581 *
1582 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1583 */
1584 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1585
1586 /**
1587 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1588 *
1589 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1590 */
1591 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1592
1593 /**
1594 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1595 *
1596 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1597 */
1598 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1602 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1603 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1604 */
1605 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1606
1607 /**
1608 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1609 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1610 */
1611 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1615 *
1616 * @since 1.30
1617 */
1618 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1622 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1623 *
1624 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1625 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1626 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1627 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1628 */
1629 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1633 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1634 */
1635 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1636
1637 /**
1638 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1639 */
1640 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1644 */
1645 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1649 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1650 */
1651 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1652
1653 /**
1654 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1655 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1656 */
1657 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1658
1659 /**
1660 * SMTP Mode.
1661 *
1662 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1663 * Default to false or fill an array :
1664 *
1665 * @code
1666 * $wgSMTP = [
1667 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1668 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1669 * 'port' => '25',
1670 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1671 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1672 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1673 * ];
1674 * @endcode
1675 */
1676 $wgSMTP = false;
1677
1678 /**
1679 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1680 */
1681 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1685 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1686 */
1687 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1691 *
1692 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1693 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1694 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1695 *
1696 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1697 *
1698 * @var bool
1699 */
1700 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1701
1702 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1703 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1704 # enable or disable at their discretion
1705 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1706 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1710 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1711 * spam relay.
1712 */
1713 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1714
1715 /**
1716 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1717 */
1718 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1722 * user talk page.
1723 *
1724 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1725 * preference set to true.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1731 *
1732 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1733 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1734 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1735 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1736 *
1737 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1738 *
1739 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1740 *
1741 * @var bool
1742 */
1743 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1747 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1748 *
1749 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1750 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1751 *
1752 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1753 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1754 *
1755 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1756 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1757 */
1758 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1759
1760 /**
1761 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1762 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1763 *
1764 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1765 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1766 */
1767 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1768
1769 /**
1770 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1771 * match the limit on your mail server.
1772 */
1773 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1777 */
1778 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1779
1780 /**
1781 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1782 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1783 */
1784 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1785
1786 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1787
1788 /************************************************************************//**
1789 * @name Database settings
1790 * @{
1791 */
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Database host name or IP address
1795 */
1796 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1800 */
1801 $wgDBport = 5432;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Name of the database
1805 */
1806 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * Database username
1810 */
1811 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1812
1813 /**
1814 * Database user's password
1815 */
1816 $wgDBpassword = '';
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Database type
1820 */
1821 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1822
1823 /**
1824 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1825 *
1826 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1827 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1828 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1829 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1830 */
1831 $wgDBssl = false;
1832
1833 /**
1834 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1835 *
1836 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1837 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1838 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1839 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1840 */
1841 $wgDBcompress = false;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1845 */
1846 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1850 */
1851 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1852
1853 /**
1854 * Search type.
1855 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1856 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1857 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1858 */
1859 $wgSearchType = null;
1860
1861 /**
1862 * Alternative search types
1863 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1864 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1865 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1866 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1867 */
1868 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Table name prefix
1872 */
1873 $wgDBprefix = '';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1877 */
1878 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1879
1880 /**
1881 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1882 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1883 * DBA has done his best job.
1884 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1885 */
1886 $wgSQLMode = '';
1887
1888 /**
1889 * Mediawiki schema
1890 */
1891 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1892
1893 /**
1894 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1895 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1896 * @since 1.32
1897 */
1898 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1899
1900 /**
1901 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1902 */
1903 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1904
1905 /**
1906 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1907 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1908 * main database.
1909 *
1910 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1911 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1912 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1913 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1914 *
1915 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1916 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1917 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1918 *
1919 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1920 * $wgDBprefix.
1921 *
1922 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1923 * $wgDBmwschema.
1924 *
1925 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1926 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1927 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1928 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1929 */
1930 $wgSharedDB = null;
1931
1932 /**
1933 * @see $wgSharedDB
1934 */
1935 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * @see $wgSharedDB
1939 */
1940 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1941
1942 /**
1943 * @see $wgSharedDB
1944 * @since 1.23
1945 */
1946 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1947
1948 /**
1949 * Database load balancer
1950 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1951 * Fields are:
1952 * - host: Host name
1953 * - dbname: Default database name
1954 * - user: DB user
1955 * - password: DB password
1956 * - type: DB type
1957 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1958 *
1959 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1960 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1961 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1962 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1963 *
1964 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1965 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1966 *
1967 * - flags: bit field
1968 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1969 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1970 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1971 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1972 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1973 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1974 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1975 * if available
1976 *
1977 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1978 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1979 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1980 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1981 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1982 *
1983 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1984 * variable of the Database object.
1985 *
1986 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1987 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1988 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1989 *
1990 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1991 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1992 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1993 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1994 *
1995 * @code
1996 * SET @@read_only=1;
1997 * @endcode
1998 *
1999 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2000 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2001 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2002 */
2003 $wgDBservers = false;
2004
2005 /**
2006 * Load balancer factory configuration
2007 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2008 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2009 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2010 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2011 *
2012 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2013 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2014 */
2015 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2016
2017 /**
2018 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2019 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2020 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2021 * @since 1.27
2022 */
2023 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2024
2025 /**
2026 * File to log database errors to
2027 */
2028 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2029
2030 /**
2031 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2032 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2033 *
2034 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2035 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2036 *
2037 * @par Examples:
2038 * @code
2039 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2040 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2041 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2042 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2043 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2044 * @endcode
2045 *
2046 * @since 1.20
2047 */
2048 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2049
2050 /**
2051 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2052 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2053 *
2054 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2055 *
2056 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2057 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2058 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2059 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2060 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2061 *
2062 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2063 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2064 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2065 *
2066 * @deprecated since 1.31
2067 */
2068 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2069
2070 /**
2071 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2072 *
2073 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2074 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2075 * block).
2076 *
2077 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2078 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2079 * connections.
2080 *
2081 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2082 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2083 * pooled.
2084 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2085 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2086 *
2087 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2088 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2089 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2090 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2091 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2092 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2093 *
2094 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2095 */
2096 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2097
2098 /**
2099 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2100 *
2101 * Array numeric key => database name
2102 */
2103 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2104
2105 /**
2106 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2107 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2108 * show a more obvious warning.
2109 */
2110 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2111
2112 /**
2113 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2114 */
2115 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2116
2117 /**
2118 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2119 */
2120 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2121
2122 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2123
2124 /************************************************************************//**
2125 * @name Text storage
2126 * @{
2127 */
2128
2129 /**
2130 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2131 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2132 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2133 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2134 */
2135 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2136
2137 /**
2138 * External stores allow including content
2139 * from non database sources following URL links.
2140 *
2141 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2142 * @code
2143 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2144 * @endcode
2145 *
2146 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2147 */
2148 $wgExternalStores = [];
2149
2150 /**
2151 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2152 *
2153 * @par Example:
2154 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2155 * @code
2156 * $wgExternalServers = [
2157 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2158 * ];
2159 * @endcode
2160 *
2161 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2162 * another class.
2163 */
2164 $wgExternalServers = [];
2165
2166 /**
2167 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2168 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2169 *
2170 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2171 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2172 *
2173 * @par Example:
2174 * @code
2175 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2176 * @endcode
2177 *
2178 * @var array
2179 */
2180 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2181
2182 /**
2183 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2184 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2185 *
2186 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2187 */
2188 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2189
2190 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2191
2192 /************************************************************************//**
2193 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2194 * @{
2195 */
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Disable database-intensive features
2199 */
2200 $wgMiserMode = false;
2201
2202 /**
2203 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2204 */
2205 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2209 */
2210 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2211
2212 /**
2213 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2214 */
2215 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2216
2217 /**
2218 * Enable slow parser functions
2219 */
2220 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * Allow schema updates
2224 */
2225 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2226
2227 /**
2228 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2229 */
2230 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2231
2232 /**
2233 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2234 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2235 */
2236 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2240 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2241 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2242 * @since 1.26
2243 */
2244 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2245
2246 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2247
2248 /************************************************************************//**
2249 * @name Cache settings
2250 * @{
2251 */
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2255 * from the web.
2256 *
2257 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2258 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2259 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2260 */
2261 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2262
2263 /**
2264 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2265 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2266 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2267 *
2268 * The options are:
2269 *
2270 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2271 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2272 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2273 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2274 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2275 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2276 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2277 *
2278 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2279 */
2280 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2281
2282 /**
2283 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2284 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2285 *
2286 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2287 */
2288 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2289
2290 /**
2291 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2292 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2293 *
2294 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2295 */
2296 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2297
2298 /**
2299 * The cache type for storing session data.
2300 *
2301 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2302 */
2303 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2304
2305 /**
2306 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2307 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2308 *
2309 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2310 *
2311 * @since 1.20
2312 */
2313 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2314
2315 /**
2316 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2317 *
2318 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2319 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2320 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2321 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2325 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2326 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2327 */
2328 $wgObjectCaches = [
2329 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2330 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2331
2332 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2333 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2334 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2335
2336 'db-replicated' => [
2337 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2338 'readFactory' => [
2339 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2340 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2341 ],
2342 'writeFactory' => [
2343 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2344 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2345 ],
2346 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2347 'reportDupes' => false
2348 ],
2349
2350 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2351 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2352 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2353 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2354 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2355 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2356 ];
2357
2358 /**
2359 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2360 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2361 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2362 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2363 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2364 *
2365 * The options are:
2366 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2367 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2368 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2369 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2370 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2371 * @since 1.26
2372 */
2373 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2374
2375 /**
2376 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2377 *
2378 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2379 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2380 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2381 *
2382 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2383 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2384 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2385 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2386 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2387 *
2388 * @since 1.26
2389 */
2390 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2391 CACHE_NONE => [
2392 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2393 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2394 'channels' => []
2395 ]
2396 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2397 'memcached-php' => [
2398 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2399 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2400 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2401 ]
2402 */
2403 ];
2404
2405 /**
2406 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2407 *
2408 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2409 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2410 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2411 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2412 *
2413 * @var bool
2414 * @since 1.29
2415 */
2416 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2420 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2421 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2422 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2423 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2424 *
2425 * The options are:
2426 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2427 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2428 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2429 *
2430 * @since 1.26
2431 */
2432 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2433
2434 /**
2435 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2436 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2437 */
2438 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2439
2440 /**
2441 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2442 */
2443 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2444
2445 /**
2446 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2447 */
2448 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2452 */
2453 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2454
2455 /**
2456 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2457 *
2458 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2459 *
2460 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2461 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2462 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2463 * others' cookies.
2464 *
2465 * @since 1.27
2466 * @var string
2467 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2468 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2469 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2470 */
2471 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2472
2473 /**
2474 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2475 *
2476 * @since 1.28
2477 */
2478 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2479
2480 /**
2481 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2482 */
2483 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2487 */
2488 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2489
2490 /**
2491 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2492 * requests.
2493 */
2494 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2495
2496 /**
2497 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2498 */
2499 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2500
2501 /**
2502 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2503 *
2504 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2505 *
2506 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2507 *
2508 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2509 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2510 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2511 */
2512 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2516 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2517 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2518 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2519 */
2520 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2521
2522 /**
2523 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2524 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2525 *
2526 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2527 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2528 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2529 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2530 * otherwise the database will be used.
2531 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2532 * store static arrays.
2533 *
2534 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2535 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2536 *
2537 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2538 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2539 * will be used.
2540 *
2541 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2542 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2543 */
2544 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2545 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2546 'store' => 'detect',
2547 'storeClass' => false,
2548 'storeDirectory' => false,
2549 'manualRecache' => false,
2550 ];
2551
2552 /**
2553 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2554 */
2555 $wgCachePages = true;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2559 * client-side and server-side caching.
2560 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2561 * @verbatim
2562 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2563 * @endverbatim
2564 */
2565 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2566
2567 /**
2568 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2569 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2570 */
2571 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2572
2573 /**
2574 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2575 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2576 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2577 */
2578 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2582 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2583 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2584 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2585 */
2586 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2587
2588 /**
2589 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2590 * @deprecated since 1.26
2591 */
2592 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2593
2594 /**
2595 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2596 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2597 */
2598 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2599
2600 /**
2601 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2602 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2603 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2604 *
2605 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2606 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2607 * don't update as expected.
2608 */
2609 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2610
2611 /**
2612 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2613 */
2614 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2615
2616 /**
2617 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2618 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2619 *
2620 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2621 */
2622 $wgUseGzip = false;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2626 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2627 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2628 * a grace period.
2629 */
2630 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2631
2632 /**
2633 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2634 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2635 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2636 *
2637 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2638 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2639 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2640 */
2641 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2642
2643 /**
2644 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2645 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2646 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2647 *
2648 * @par Example:
2649 * @code
2650 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2651 * @endcode
2652 *
2653 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2654 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2655 *
2656 * @var int|bool
2657 */
2658 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2659
2660 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2661
2662 /************************************************************************//**
2663 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2664 *
2665 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2666 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2667 *
2668 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2669 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2670 * more details.
2671 *
2672 * @{
2673 */
2674
2675 /**
2676 * Enable/disable CDN.
2677 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2678 */
2679 $wgUseSquid = false;
2680
2681 /**
2682 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2683 */
2684 $wgUseESI = false;
2685
2686 /**
2687 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2688 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2689 * @since 1.27
2690 */
2691 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2692
2693 /**
2694 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2695 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2696 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2697 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2698 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2699 * HTTP redirects.
2700 */
2701 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2702
2703 /**
2704 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2705 *
2706 * @par Example:
2707 * @code
2708 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2709 * @endcode
2710 */
2711 $wgInternalServer = false;
2712
2713 /**
2714 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2715 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2716 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2717 *
2718 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2719 */
2720 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2721
2722 /**
2723 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2724 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2725 * @since 1.27
2726 */
2727 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2728
2729 /**
2730 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2731 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2732 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2733 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2734 *
2735 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2736 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2737 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2738 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2739 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2740 *
2741 * @since 1.27
2742 */
2743 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2744
2745 /**
2746 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2747 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2748 * @since 1.27
2749 */
2750 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2751
2752 /**
2753 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2754 *
2755 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2756 */
2757 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2758
2759 /**
2760 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2761 *
2762 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2763 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2764 *
2765 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2766 */
2767 $wgSquidServers = [];
2768
2769 /**
2770 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2771 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2772 * CIDR blocks.
2773 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2774 */
2775 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2776
2777 /**
2778 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2779 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2780 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2781 *
2782 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2783 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2784 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2785 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2786 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2787 *
2788 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2789 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2790 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2791 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2792 * reverse).
2793 *
2794 * @since 1.21
2795 */
2796 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2797
2798 /**
2799 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2800 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2801 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2802 *
2803 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2804 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2805 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2806 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2807 *
2808 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2809 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2810 * @code
2811 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2812 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2813 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2814 * 'port' => 4827,
2815 * ],
2816 * '' => [
2817 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2818 * 'port' => 4827,
2819 * ],
2820 * ];
2821 * @endcode
2822 *
2823 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2824 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2825 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2826 *
2827 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2828 * @code
2829 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2830 * '' => [
2831 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2832 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2833 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2834 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2835 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2836 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2837 * ],
2838 * ];
2839 * @endcode
2840 *
2841 * @since 1.22
2842 *
2843 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2844 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2845 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2846 *
2847 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2848 */
2849 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2850
2851 /**
2852 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2853 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2854 */
2855 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2856
2857 /**
2858 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2859 */
2860 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2861
2862 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2863
2864 /************************************************************************//**
2865 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2866 * @{
2867 */
2868
2869 /**
2870 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2871 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2872 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2873 *
2874 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2875 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2876 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2877 *
2878 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2879 * change it in their preferences.
2880 *
2881 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2882 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2883 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2884 */
2885 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2886
2887 /**
2888 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2889 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2890 */
2891 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2892
2893 /**
2894 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2895 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2896 *
2897 * @par Example:
2898 * @code
2899 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2900 * @endcode
2901 */
2902 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2903
2904 /**
2905 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2906 */
2907 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2908
2909 /**
2910 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2911 */
2912 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2913
2914 /**
2915 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2916 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2917 * Notes:
2918 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2919 * map.
2920 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2921 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2922 * this array.
2923 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2924 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2925 * the prefix in this array.
2926 */
2927 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2928
2929 /**
2930 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2931 */
2932 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2933
2934 /**
2935 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2936 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2937 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2938 *
2939 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2940 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2941 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2942 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2943 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2944 *
2945 * @since 1.29
2946 */
2947 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2948 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2949 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2950 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2951 ];
2952
2953 /**
2954 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2955 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2956 *
2957 * @deprecated since 1.29
2958 */
2959 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2960
2961 /**
2962 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2963 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2964 * set to "ar".
2965 *
2966 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2967 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2968 */
2969 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2970
2971 /**
2972 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2973 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2974 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2975 * support these characters.
2976 *
2977 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2978 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2979 */
2980 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2981
2982 /**
2983 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2984 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2985 * impact.
2986 *
2987 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2988 * details.
2989 *
2990 * @since 1.17
2991 */
2992 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2993
2994 /**
2995 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2996 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2997 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2998 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2999 *
3000 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3001 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3002 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3003 */
3004 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3005
3006 /**
3007 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3008 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3009 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3010 *
3011 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3012 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3013 * to remain viewable.
3014 *
3015 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3016 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3017 */
3018 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3022 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3023 */
3024 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3025
3026 /**
3027 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3028 * numerals in interface.
3029 */
3030 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3034 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3035 */
3036 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3040 */
3041 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3045 */
3046 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3047
3048 /**
3049 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3050 */
3051 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3055 */
3056 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3057
3058 /**
3059 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3060 */
3061 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3062
3063 /**
3064 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3065 * used to ease variant development work.
3066 */
3067 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3071 *
3072 * @par Example:
3073 * @code
3074 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3075 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3076 * @endcode
3077 */
3078 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3079
3080 /**
3081 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3082 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3083 * language variant.
3084 *
3085 * @par Example:
3086 * @code
3087 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3088 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3089 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3090 * @endcode
3091 *
3092 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3093 *
3094 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3095 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3096 */
3097 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3098
3099 /**
3100 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3101 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3102 * customise these.
3103 */
3104 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3108 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3109 *
3110 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3111 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3112 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3113 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3114 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3115 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3116 * the default behavior.
3117 *
3118 * @par Example:
3119 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3120 * portal:
3121 * @code
3122 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3123 * @endcode
3124 */
3125 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3126
3127 /**
3128 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3129 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3130 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3131 *
3132 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3133 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3134 *
3135 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3136 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3137 *
3138 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3139 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3140 *
3141 * @par Examples:
3142 * @code
3143 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3144 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3145 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3146 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3147 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3148 * @endcode
3149 */
3150 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3151
3152 /**
3153 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3154 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3155 *
3156 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3157 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3158 *
3159 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3160 */
3161 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3162
3163 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3164
3165 /*************************************************************************//**
3166 * @name Output format and skin settings
3167 * @{
3168 */
3169
3170 /**
3171 * The default Content-Type header.
3172 */
3173 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3174
3175 /**
3176 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3177 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3178 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3179 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3180 * @deprecated since 1.22
3181 */
3182 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3183
3184 /**
3185 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3186 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3187 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3188 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3189 * @deprecated since 1.22
3190 */
3191 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3192
3193 /**
3194 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3195 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3196 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3197 * to true by Setup.php.
3198 * @deprecated since 1.22
3199 */
3200 $wgHtml5 = true;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3204 *
3205 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3206 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3207 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3208 * @since 1.16
3209 */
3210 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3211
3212 /**
3213 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3214 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3215 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3216 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3217 * @since 1.24
3218 */
3219 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3223 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3224 * stable and change has been communicated.
3225 * @since 1.24
3226 */
3227 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Temporary variable that determines whether Special:Preferences should use OOUI or not.
3231 * This will be removed later and OOUI will become the only option.
3232 *
3233 * @since 1.32
3234 */
3235 $wgOOUIPreferences = false;
3236
3237 /**
3238 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3239 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3240 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3241 *
3242 * @since 1.28
3243 */
3244 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3248 *
3249 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3250 *
3251 * @par Example:
3252 * @code
3253 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3254 * @endcode
3255 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3256 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3257 *
3258 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3259 */
3260 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3261
3262 /**
3263 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3264 *
3265 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3266 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3267 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3268 */
3269 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3270
3271 /**
3272 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3273 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3274 */
3275 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3279 *
3280 * @since 1.24
3281 */
3282 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3283
3284 /**
3285 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3286 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3287 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3288 */
3289 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3290
3291 /**
3292 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3293 */
3294 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3295
3296 /**
3297 * Allow user Javascript page?
3298 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3299 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3300 */
3301 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3302
3303 /**
3304 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3305 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3306 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3307 */
3308 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3312 *
3313 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3314 * are availabe to users.
3315 */
3316 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3317
3318 /**
3319 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3320 */
3321 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3325 */
3326 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3327
3328 /**
3329 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3330 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3331 */
3332 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3333
3334 /**
3335 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3336 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3337 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3338 *
3339 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3340 *
3341 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3342 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3343 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3344 *
3345 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3346 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3347 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3348 * recommended.
3349 *
3350 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3351 * not just edit pages.
3352 */
3353 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3354
3355 /**
3356 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3357 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3358 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3359 * Options are:
3360 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3361 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3362 * - false: Allow all framing.
3363 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3364 */
3365 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3366
3367 /**
3368 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3369 */
3370 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3371
3372 /**
3373 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3374 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3375 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3376 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3377 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3378 *
3379 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3380 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3381 * a page.
3382 *
3383 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3384 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3385 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3386 * would still work.
3387 *
3388 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3389 *
3390 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3391 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3392 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3393 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3394 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3395 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3396 * fragment mode is used.
3397 *
3398 * @since 1.30
3399 */
3400 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3401
3402 /**
3403 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3404 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3405 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3406 * to 'html5'.
3407 *
3408 * @since 1.30
3409 */
3410 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3411
3412 /**
3413 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3414 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3415 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3416 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3417 *
3418 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3419 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3420 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3421 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3422 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3423 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3424 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3425 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3426 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3427 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3428 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3429 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3430 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3431 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3432 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3433 * not be outputted
3434 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3435 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3436 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3437 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3438 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3439 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3440 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3441 */
3442 $wgFooterIcons = [
3443 "copyright" => [
3444 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3445 ],
3446 "poweredby" => [
3447 "mediawiki" => [
3448 // Defaults to point at
3449 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3450 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3451 "src" => null,
3452 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3453 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3454 ]
3455 ],
3456 ];
3457
3458 /**
3459 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3460 * to create an account.
3461 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3462 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3463 */
3464 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3465
3466 /**
3467 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3468 */
3469 $wgEdititis = false;
3470
3471 /**
3472 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3473 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3474 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3475 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3476 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3477 *
3478 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3479 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3480 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3481 */
3482 $wgSend404Code = true;
3483
3484 /**
3485 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3486 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3487 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3488 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3489 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3490 *
3491 * @since 1.20
3492 */
3493 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3494
3495 /**
3496 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3497 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3498 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3499 * unconditionally.
3500 */
3501 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3502
3503 /**
3504 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3505 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3506 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3507 * the domain root.
3508 *
3509 * @since 1.25
3510 */
3511 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3512
3513 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3514
3515 /*************************************************************************//**
3516 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3517 * @{
3518 */
3519
3520 /**
3521 * Client-side resource modules.
3522 *
3523 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3524 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3525 *
3526 * @par Example:
3527 * @code
3528 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3529 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3530 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3531 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3532 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3533 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3534 * ];
3535 * @endcode
3536 */
3537 $wgResourceModules = [];
3538
3539 /**
3540 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3541 *
3542 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3543 * not be modified or disabled.
3544 *
3545 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3546 *
3547 * @par Example:
3548 * @code
3549 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3550 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3551 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3552 * ];
3553 *
3554 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3555 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3556 * ];
3557 * @endcode
3558 *
3559 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3560 *
3561 * @par Equivalent:
3562 * @code
3563 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3564 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3565 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3566 * 'skinStyles' => [
3567 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3568 * ],
3569 * ];
3570 * @endcode
3571 *
3572 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3573 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3574 *
3575 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3576 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3577 *
3578 * @par Example:
3579 * @code
3580 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3581 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3582 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3583 * 'skinStyles' => [
3584 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3585 * ],
3586 * ];
3587 * // Note the '+' character:
3588 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3589 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3590 * ];
3591 * @endcode
3592 *
3593 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3594 *
3595 * @par Equivalent:
3596 * @code
3597 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3598 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3599 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3600 * 'skinStyles' => [
3601 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3602 * 'foo' => [
3603 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3604 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3605 * ],
3606 * ],
3607 * ];
3608 * @endcode
3609 *
3610 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3611 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3612 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3613 *
3614 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3615 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3616 *
3617 * @par Example:
3618 * @code
3619 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3620 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3621 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3622 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3623 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3624 * ];
3625 * @endcode
3626 */
3627 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3628
3629 /**
3630 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3631 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3632 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3633 *
3634 * @par Example:
3635 * @code
3636 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3637 * @endcode
3638 */
3639 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3640
3641 /**
3642 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3643 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3644 */
3645 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3646
3647 /**
3648 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3649 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3650 *
3651 * Following options to distinguish:
3652 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3653 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3654 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3655 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3656 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3657 *
3658 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3659 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3660 * client and MediaWiki.
3661 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3662 */
3663 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3664 'versioned' => [
3665 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3666 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3667 ],
3668 'unversioned' => [
3669 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3670 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3671 ],
3672 ];
3673
3674 /**
3675 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3676 *
3677 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3678 */
3679 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3680
3681 /**
3682 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3683 *
3684 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3685 */
3686 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3687
3688 /**
3689 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3690 *
3691 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3692 * work.
3693 *
3694 * @par Example of legacy code:
3695 * @code{,js}
3696 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3697 * @endcode
3698 * or:
3699 * @code{,js}
3700 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3701 * @endcode
3702 *
3703 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3704 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3705 * @code{,js}
3706 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3707 * @endcode
3708 * or:
3709 * @code{,js}
3710 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3711 * @endcode
3712 */
3713 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3714
3715 /**
3716 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3717 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3718 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3719 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3720 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3721 * that you can't increase.
3722 *
3723 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3724 * string length limit.
3725 *
3726 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3727 */
3728 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3729
3730 /**
3731 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3732 * prior to minification to validate it.
3733 *
3734 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3735 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3736 */
3737 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3738
3739 /**
3740 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3741 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3742 *
3743 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3744 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3745 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3746 */
3747 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3748
3749 /**
3750 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3751 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3752 *
3753 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3754 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3755 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3756 *
3757 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3758 *
3759 * @par Example:
3760 * @code
3761 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3762 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3763 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3764 * ];
3765 * @endcode
3766 * @since 1.22
3767 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3768 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3769 */
3770 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3771 /**
3772 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3773 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3774 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3775 * @since 1.27
3776 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3777 */
3778 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3779 ];
3780
3781 /**
3782 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3783 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3784 */
3785 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3786
3787 /**
3788 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3789 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3790 *
3791 * @since 1.23
3792 */
3793 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3794
3795 /**
3796 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3797 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3798 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3799 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3800 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3801 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3802 * from the rest of the site.
3803 *
3804 * @since 1.25
3805 */
3806 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3807
3808 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3809
3810 /*************************************************************************//**
3811 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3812 * @{
3813 */
3814
3815 /**
3816 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3817 * used instead.
3818 */
3819 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3820
3821 /**
3822 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3823 *
3824 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3825 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3826 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3827 */
3828 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3829
3830 /**
3831 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3832 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3833 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3834 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3835 * hook or extension.json.
3836 *
3837 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3838 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3839 * the new namespace name.
3840 *
3841 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3842 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3843 *
3844 * @par Example:
3845 * @code
3846 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3847 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3848 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3849 * 102 => "Aide",
3850 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3851 * ];
3852 * @endcode
3853 *
3854 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3855 */
3856 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3857
3858 /**
3859 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3860 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3861 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3862 * @since 1.18
3863 */
3864 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3865
3866 /**
3867 * Namespace aliases.
3868 *
3869 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3870 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3871 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3872 * name.
3873 *
3874 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3875 *
3876 * @par Example:
3877 * @code
3878 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3879 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3880 * 'Help' => 100,
3881 * ];
3882 * @endcode
3883 */
3884 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3885
3886 /**
3887 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3888 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3889 *
3890 * Problematic punctuation:
3891 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3892 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3893 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3894 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3895 * corrupted by apache
3896 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3897 *
3898 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3899 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3900 *
3901 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3902 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3903 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3904 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3905 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3906 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3907 *
3908 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3909 */
3910 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3911
3912 /**
3913 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3914 *
3915 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3916 */
3917 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3918
3919 /**
3920 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3921 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3922 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3923 *
3924 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3925 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3926 */
3927 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3928
3929 /**
3930 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3931 */
3932 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3933
3934 /**
3935 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3936 * @{
3937 */
3938
3939 /**
3940 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3941 * database (.cdb) file.
3942 *
3943 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3944 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3945 * formats such as the following:
3946 *
3947 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3948 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3949 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3950 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3951 *
3952 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3953 * data layout.
3954 *
3955 * @var bool|array|string
3956 */
3957 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3958
3959 /**
3960 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3961 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3962 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3963 * - 3: site levels
3964 */
3965 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3966
3967 /**
3968 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3969 */
3970 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3971
3972 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3973
3974 /**
3975 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3976 * @{
3977 */
3978
3979 /**
3980 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3981 */
3982 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3983
3984 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3985
3986 /**
3987 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3988 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3989 * as 'redirected from' links.
3990 *
3991 * @par Example:
3992 * It might look something like this:
3993 * @code
3994 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3995 * @endcode
3996 *
3997 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3998 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3999 * the URL.
4000 */
4001 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4002
4003 /**
4004 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4005 *
4006 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4007 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4008 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4009 */
4010 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4011
4012 /**
4013 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4014 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4015 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4016 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4017 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4018 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4019 * NS_FILE.
4020 *
4021 * @par Example:
4022 * @code
4023 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4024 * @endcode
4025 */
4026 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4027
4028 /**
4029 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4030 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4031 */
4032 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4033 NS_TALK => true,
4034 NS_USER => true,
4035 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4036 NS_PROJECT => true,
4037 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4038 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4039 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4040 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4041 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4042 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4043 NS_HELP => true,
4044 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4045 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4046 ];
4047
4048 /**
4049 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4050 *
4051 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4052 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4053 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4054 *
4055 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4056 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4057 *
4058 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4059 * the new extension registration system.
4060 *
4061 * @since 1.23
4062 */
4063 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4064
4065 /**
4066 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4067 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4068 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4069 * number of articles in the wiki.
4070 */
4071 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4072
4073 /**
4074 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4075 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4076 * be shown on that page.
4077 * @since 1.30
4078 */
4079 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4080
4081 /**
4082 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4083 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4084 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4085 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4086 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4087 */
4088 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4089
4090 /**
4091 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4092 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4093 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4094 */
4095 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4096
4097 /**
4098 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4099 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4100 * will make the redirect fail.
4101 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4102 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4103 *
4104 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4105 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4106 */
4107 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4108
4109 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4110
4111 /************************************************************************//**
4112 * @name Parser settings
4113 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4114 * @{
4115 */
4116
4117 /**
4118 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4119 *
4120 * class The class name
4121 *
4122 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4123 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4124 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4125 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4126 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4127 *
4128 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4129 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4130 *
4131 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4132 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4133 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4134 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4135 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4136 * an extension setup function.
4137 */
4138 $wgParserConf = [
4139 'class' => Parser::class,
4140 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4141 ];
4142
4143 /**
4144 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4145 */
4146 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4147
4148 /**
4149 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4150 * by PPFrame::expand()
4151 */
4152 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4153
4154 /**
4155 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4156 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4157 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4158 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4159 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4160 *
4161 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4162 */
4163 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4164
4165 /**
4166 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4167 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4168 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4169 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4170 */
4171 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4175 */
4176 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4180 *
4181 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4182 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4183 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4184 * more information.
4185 *
4186 * @see wfParseUrl
4187 */
4188 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4189 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4190 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4191 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4192 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4193 ];
4194
4195 /**
4196 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4197 */
4198 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4202 */
4203 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4204
4205 /**
4206 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4207 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4208 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4209 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4210 *
4211 * @par Examples:
4212 * @code
4213 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4214 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4215 * @endcode
4216 */
4217 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4218
4219 /**
4220 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4221 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4222 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4223 * The image will be displayed.
4224 *
4225 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4226 * Or false to disable it
4227 */
4228 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4229
4230 /**
4231 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4232 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4233 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4234 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4235 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4236 * sites they control.
4237 */
4238 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4239
4240 /**
4241 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4242 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4243 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4244 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4245 *
4246 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4247 * parameters will be used instead.
4248 *
4249 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4250 *
4251 * Keys are:
4252 * - driver: May be:
4253 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4254 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4255 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4256 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4257 *
4258 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4259 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4260 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4261 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4262 */
4263 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4264
4265 /**
4266 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4267 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4268 */
4269 $wgUseTidy = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * The path to the tidy binary.
4273 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4274 */
4275 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4276
4277 /**
4278 * The path to the tidy config file
4279 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4280 */
4281 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4282
4283 /**
4284 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4285 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4286 */
4287 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4288
4289 /**
4290 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4291 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4292 */
4293 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4294
4295 /**
4296 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4297 * Only works for internal tidy.
4298 */
4299 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4300
4301 /**
4302 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4303 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4304 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4305 */
4306 $wgRawHtml = false;
4307
4308 /**
4309 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4310 *
4311 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4312 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4313 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4314 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4315 * to some of your users.
4316 */
4317 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4318
4319 /**
4320 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4321 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4322 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4323 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4324 */
4325 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4326
4327 /**
4328 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4329 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4330 */
4331 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4332
4333 /**
4334 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4335 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4336 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4337 *
4338 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4339 *
4340 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4341 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4342 * etc.
4343 *
4344 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4345 */
4346 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4347
4348 /**
4349 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4350 */
4351 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4352
4353 /**
4354 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4355 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4356 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4357 */
4358 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4359
4360 /**
4361 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4362 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4363 */
4364 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4365
4366 /**
4367 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4368 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4369 */
4370 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4374 */
4375 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4376
4377 /**
4378 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4379 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4380 */
4381 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4382
4383 /**
4384 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4385 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4386 *
4387 * @since 1.28
4388 */
4389 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4390 'ISBN' => false,
4391 'PMID' => false,
4392 'RFC' => false
4393 ];
4394
4395 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4396
4397 /************************************************************************//**
4398 * @name Statistics
4399 * @{
4400 */
4401
4402 /**
4403 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4404 * as a valid article.
4405 *
4406 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4407 *
4408 * This variable can have the following values:
4409 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4410 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4411 *
4412 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4413 *
4414 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4415 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4416 * script.
4417 */
4418 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4419
4420 /**
4421 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4422 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4423 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4424 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4425 * numbers between different wikis.
4426 */
4427 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4428
4429 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4430
4431 /************************************************************************//**
4432 * @name User accounts, authentication
4433 * @{
4434 */
4435
4436 /**
4437 * Central ID lookup providers
4438 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4439 * @since 1.27
4440 */
4441 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4442 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4443 ];
4444
4445 /**
4446 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4447 * @var string
4448 */
4449 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4450
4451 /**
4452 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4453 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4454 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4455 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4456 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4457 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4458 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4459 * Statements:
4460 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4461 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4462 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4463 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4464 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4465 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4466 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4467 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4468 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4469 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4470 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4471 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4472 * @since 1.26
4473 */
4474 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4475 'policies' => [
4476 'bureaucrat' => [
4477 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4478 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4479 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4480 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4481 ],
4482 'sysop' => [
4483 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4484 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4485 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4486 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4487 ],
4488 'bot' => [
4489 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4490 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4491 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4492 ],
4493 'default' => [
4494 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4495 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4496 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4497 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4498 ],
4499 ],
4500 'checks' => [
4501 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4502 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4503 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4504 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4505 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4506 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4507 ],
4508 ];
4509
4510 /**
4511 * Configure AuthManager
4512 *
4513 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4514 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4515 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4516 * (default is 0).
4517 *
4518 * Elements are:
4519 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4520 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4521 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4522 *
4523 * @since 1.27
4524 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4525 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4526 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4527 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4528 */
4529 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4530
4531 /**
4532 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4533 * @since 1.27
4534 */
4535 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4536 'preauth' => [
4537 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4538 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4539 'sort' => 0,
4540 ],
4541 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4542 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4543 'sort' => 0,
4544 ],
4545 ],
4546 'primaryauth' => [
4547 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4548 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4549 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4550 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4551 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4552 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4553 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4554 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4555 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4556 'args' => [ [
4557 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4558 'authoritative' => false,
4559 ] ],
4560 'sort' => 0,
4561 ],
4562 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4563 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4564 'args' => [ [
4565 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4566 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4567 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4568 // password") if it too fails.
4569 'authoritative' => true,
4570 ] ],
4571 'sort' => 100,
4572 ],
4573 ],
4574 'secondaryauth' => [
4575 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4576 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4577 'sort' => 0,
4578 ],
4579 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4580 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4581 'sort' => 100,
4582 ],
4583 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4584 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4585 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4586 // 'sort' => 100,
4587 // ],
4588 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4589 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4590 'sort' => 200,
4591 ],
4592 ],
4593 ];
4594
4595 /**
4596 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4597 *
4598 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4599 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4600 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4601 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4602 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4603 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4604 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4605 * that needs to do this.
4606 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4607 * the last X seconds.
4608 * - Come up with a third option.
4609 *
4610 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4611 * "X seconds".
4612 *
4613 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4614 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4615 * - LinkAccounts
4616 * - UnlinkAccount
4617 * - ChangeCredentials
4618 * - RemoveCredentials
4619 * - ChangeEmail
4620 *
4621 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4622 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4623 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4624 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4625 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4626 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4627 *
4628 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4629 *
4630 * @since 1.27
4631 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4632 */
4633 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4634 'default' => 300,
4635 ];
4636
4637 /**
4638 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4639 *
4640 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4641 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4642 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4643 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4644 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4645 *
4646 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4647 *
4648 * @since 1.27
4649 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4650 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4651 */
4652 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4653 'default' => true,
4654 ];
4655
4656 /**
4657 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4658 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4659 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4660 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4661 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4662 * @since 1.27
4663 * @var string[]
4664 */
4665 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4666 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4671 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4672 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4673 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4674 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4675 * @since 1.27
4676 * @var string[]
4677 */
4678 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4679 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4680 ];
4681
4682 /**
4683 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4684 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4685 */
4686 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4687
4688 /**
4689 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4690 * words are allowed.
4691 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4692 */
4693 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4694
4695 /**
4696 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4697 *
4698 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4699 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4700 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4701 *
4702 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4703 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4704 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4705 */
4706 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4707
4708 /**
4709 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4710 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4711 * @since 1.23
4712 */
4713 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4714
4715 /**
4716 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4717 *
4718 * @since 1.24
4719 */
4720 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4721
4722 /**
4723 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4724 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4725 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4726 *
4727 * An advanced example:
4728 * @code
4729 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4730 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4731 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4732 * 'secrets' => [
4733 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4734 * ],
4735 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4736 * ];
4737 * @endcode
4738 *
4739 * @since 1.24
4740 */
4741 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4742 'A' => [
4743 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4744 ],
4745 'B' => [
4746 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4747 ],
4748 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4749 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4750 'types' => [
4751 'A',
4752 'pbkdf2',
4753 ],
4754 ],
4755 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4756 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4757 'types' => [
4758 'B',
4759 'pbkdf2',
4760 ],
4761 ],
4762 'bcrypt' => [
4763 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4764 'cost' => 9,
4765 ],
4766 'pbkdf2' => [
4767 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4768 'algo' => 'sha512',
4769 'cost' => '30000',
4770 'length' => '64',
4771 ],
4772 ];
4773
4774 /**
4775 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4776 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4777 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4778 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4779 */
4780 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4781 'username' => true,
4782 'email' => true,
4783 ];
4784
4785 /**
4786 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4787 */
4788 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4789
4790 /**
4791 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4792 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4793 */
4794 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4795
4796 /**
4797 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4798 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4799 */
4800 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4801 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4802 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4803 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4804 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4805 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4806 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4807 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4808 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4809 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4810 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4811 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4812 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4813 ];
4814
4815 /**
4816 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4817 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4818 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4819 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4820 */
4821 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4822 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4823 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4824 'date' => 'default',
4825 'diffonly' => 0,
4826 'disablemail' => 0,
4827 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4828 'editondblclick' => 0,
4829 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4830 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4831 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4832 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4833 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4834 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4835 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4836 'fancysig' => 0,
4837 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4838 'gender' => 'unknown',
4839 'hideminor' => 0,
4840 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4841 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4842 'imagesize' => 2,
4843 'minordefault' => 0,
4844 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4845 'nickname' => '',
4846 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4847 'numberheadings' => 0,
4848 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4849 'previewontop' => 1,
4850 'rcdays' => 7,
4851 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4852 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4853 'rclimit' => 50,
4854 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4855 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4856 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4857 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4858 'skin' => false,
4859 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4860 'thumbsize' => 5,
4861 'underline' => 2,
4862 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4863 'usenewrc' => 1,
4864 'watchcreations' => 1,
4865 'watchdefault' => 1,
4866 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4867 'watchuploads' => 1,
4868 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4869 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4870 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4871 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4872 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4873 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4874 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4875 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4876 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4877 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4878 'watchmoves' => 0,
4879 'watchrollback' => 0,
4880 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4881 'wllimit' => 250,
4882 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4883 'prefershttps' => 1,
4884 ];
4885
4886 /**
4887 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4888 */
4889 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4890
4891 /**
4892 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4893 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4894 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4895 */
4896 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4897
4898 /**
4899 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4900 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4901 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4902 *
4903 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4904 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4905 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4906 */
4907 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4908
4909 /**
4910 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4911 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4912 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4913 * @since 1.17
4914 */
4915 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4916
4917 /**
4918 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4919 *
4920 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4921 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4922 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4923 *
4924 * @since 1.27
4925 * @var string|null
4926 */
4927 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4928
4929 /**
4930 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4931 *
4932 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4933 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4934 *
4935 * @since 1.27
4936 */
4937 $wgSessionProviders = [
4938 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4939 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4940 'args' => [ [
4941 'priority' => 30,
4942 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4943 ] ],
4944 ],
4945 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4946 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4947 'args' => [ [
4948 'priority' => 75,
4949 ] ],
4950 ],
4951 ];
4952
4953 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4954
4955 /************************************************************************//**
4956 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4957 * @{
4958 */
4959
4960 /**
4961 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4962 */
4963 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4964
4965 /**
4966 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4967 */
4968 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4969
4970 /**
4971 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4972 */
4973 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4974
4975 /**
4976 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4977 *
4978 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4979 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4980 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4981 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4982 *
4983 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4984 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4985 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4986 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4987 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4988 */
4989 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4990 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4991 'IPv6' => 19,
4992 ];
4993
4994 /**
4995 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4996 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4997 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4998 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4999 * anonymous visitors.
5000 */
5001 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5002
5003 /**
5004 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5005 *
5006 * @par Example:
5007 * @code
5008 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5009 * @endcode
5010 *
5011 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5012 *
5013 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5014 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5015 *
5016 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5017 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5018 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5019 *
5020 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5021 * hook instead.
5022 */
5023 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5024
5025 /**
5026 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5027 *
5028 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5029 * is without underscore.
5030 *
5031 * @par Example:
5032 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5033 * @code
5034 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5035 * @endcode
5036 *
5037 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5038 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5039 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5040 *
5041 * @par Example:
5042 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5043 * @code
5044 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5045 * @endcode
5046 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5047 *
5048 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5049 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5050 */
5051 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5052
5053 /**
5054 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5055 * address before being allowed to edit?
5056 */
5057 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5058
5059 /**
5060 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5061 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5062 */
5063 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5064
5065 /**
5066 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5067 *
5068 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5069 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5070 *
5071 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5072 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5073 *
5074 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5075 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5076 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5077 * in in the user_groups table.
5078 *
5079 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5080 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5081 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5082 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5083 *
5084 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5085 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5086 *
5087 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5088 */
5089 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5090
5091 /** @cond file_level_code */
5092 // Implicit group for all visitors
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5104 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5105
5106 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5129
5130 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5133
5134 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5135 // from various log pages by default
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5144
5145 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5149 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5151 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5153 // can view deleted revision text
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5186 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5187 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5191
5192 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5195 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5196 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5197 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5198 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5199
5200 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5201 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5202 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5203 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5204 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5205 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5206 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5207 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5208 // For private suppression log access
5209 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5210
5211 /**
5212 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5213 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5214 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5215 * server.
5216 */
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5218
5219 /** @endcond */
5220
5221 /**
5222 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5223 *
5224 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5225 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5226 *
5227 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5228 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5229 */
5230 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5231
5232 /**
5233 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5234 */
5235 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5236
5237 /**
5238 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5239 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5240 *
5241 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5242 * group".
5243 *
5244 * @par Example:
5245 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5246 * @code
5247 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5248 * @endcode
5249 *
5250 * @par Example:
5251 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5252 * @code
5253 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5254 * @endcode
5255 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5256 * any group that they happen to be in.
5257 */
5258 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5259
5260 /**
5261 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5262 */
5263 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5264
5265 /**
5266 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5267 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5268 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5269 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5270 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5271 */
5272 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5276 *
5277 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5278 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5279 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5280 *
5281 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5282 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5283 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5284 */
5285 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5286
5287 /**
5288 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5289 *
5290 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5291 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5292 *
5293 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5294 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5295 */
5296 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5297
5298 /**
5299 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5300 *
5301 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5302 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5303 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5304 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5305 * "semiprotected".
5306 *
5307 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5308 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5309 */
5310 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5311
5312 /**
5313 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5314 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5315 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5316 *
5317 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5318 */
5319 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5320
5321 /**
5322 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5323 *
5324 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5325 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5326 *
5327 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5328 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5329 */
5330 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5331
5332 /**
5333 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5334 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5335 * privileges of new accounts.
5336 *
5337 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5338 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5339 *
5340 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5341 *
5342 * @par Example:
5343 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5344 * @code
5345 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5346 * @endcode
5347 * Set age to one day:
5348 * @code
5349 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5350 * @endcode
5351 */
5352 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5353
5354 /**
5355 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5356 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5357 *
5358 * @par Example:
5359 * @code
5360 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5361 * @endcode
5362 */
5363 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5364
5365 /**
5366 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5367 *
5368 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5369 *
5370 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5371 * 'groupname' => cond,
5372 * 'group2' => cond2,
5373 * );
5374 *
5375 * A `cond` may be:
5376 * - a single condition without arguments:
5377 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5378 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5379 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5380 * - a single condition with arguments:
5381 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5382 * - a set of conditions:
5383 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5384 *
5385 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5386 * - `&` (**AND**):
5387 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5388 * - `|` (**OR**):
5389 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5390 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5391 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5392 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5393 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5394 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5395 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5396 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5397 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5398 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5399 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5400 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5401 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5402 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5403 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5404 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5405 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5406 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5407 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5408 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5409 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5410 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5411 * true if the user is blocked
5412 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5413 * true if the user is a bot
5414 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5415 *
5416 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5417 * linked by operands.
5418 *
5419 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5420 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5421 */
5422 $wgAutopromote = [
5423 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5424 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5425 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5426 ],
5427 ];
5428
5429 /**
5430 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5431 *
5432 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5433 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5434 *
5435 * The format is:
5436 * @code
5437 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5438 * @endcode
5439 * Where event is either:
5440 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5441 *
5442 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5443 *
5444 * @see $wgAutopromote
5445 * @since 1.18
5446 */
5447 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5448 'onEdit' => [],
5449 ];
5450
5451 /**
5452 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5453 * @since 1.18
5454 */
5455 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5456
5457 /**
5458 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5459 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5460 *
5461 * @par Example:
5462 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5463 * @code
5464 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5465 * @endcode
5466 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5467 * @code
5468 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5469 * @endcode
5470 * Sysops can make bots:
5471 * @code
5472 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5473 * @endcode
5474 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5475 * @code
5476 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5477 * @endcode
5478 */
5479 $wgAddGroups = [];
5480
5481 /**
5482 * @see $wgAddGroups
5483 */
5484 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5485
5486 /**
5487 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5488 * For extensions only.
5489 */
5490 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5491
5492 /**
5493 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5494 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5495 */
5496 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5497
5498 /**
5499 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5500 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5501 * This is limited for performance reason.
5502 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5503 * @since 1.23
5504 */
5505 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5506
5507 /**
5508 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5509 *
5510 * @par Example:
5511 * @code
5512 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5513 * // no more than 100 per month
5514 * [
5515 * 'count' => 100,
5516 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5517 * ],
5518 * // no more than 10 per day
5519 * [
5520 * 'count' => 10,
5521 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5522 * ],
5523 * ];
5524 * @endcode
5525 *
5526 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5527 */
5528 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5529 'count' => 0,
5530 'seconds' => 86400,
5531 ] ];
5532
5533 /**
5534 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5535 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5536 *
5537 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5538 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5539 *
5540 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5541 *
5542 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5543 */
5544 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5545
5546 /**
5547 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5548 */
5549 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5550
5551 /**
5552 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5553 * proxies
5554 * @since 1.16
5555 */
5556 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5557
5558 /**
5559 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5560 *
5561 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5562 * the blacklist require a key).
5563 *
5564 * @par Example:
5565 * @code
5566 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5567 * // String containing URL
5568 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5569 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5570 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5571 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5572 * // just use a string as shown above
5573 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5574 * ];
5575 * @endcode
5576 *
5577 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5578 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5579 * @since 1.16
5580 */
5581 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5585 * what the other methods might say.
5586 */
5587 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5588
5589 /**
5590 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5591 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5592 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5593 * @since 1.29
5594 * @var string[]
5595 */
5596 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5597
5598 /**
5599 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5600 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5601 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5602 */
5603 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5604
5605 /**
5606 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5607 *
5608 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5609 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5610 * elapses.
5611 *
5612 * @par Example:
5613 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5614 * @code
5615 * $wgRateLimits = [
5616 * 'edit' => [
5617 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5618 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5619 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5620 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5621 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5622 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5623 * ]
5624 * ];
5625 * @endcode
5626 *
5627 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5628 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5629 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5630 * @code
5631 * $wgRateLimits = [
5632 * 'some-action' => [
5633 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5634 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5635 * ];
5636 * @endcode
5637 *
5638 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5639 */
5640 $wgRateLimits = [
5641 // Page edits
5642 'edit' => [
5643 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5644 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5645 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5646 ],
5647 // Page moves
5648 'move' => [
5649 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5650 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5651 ],
5652 // File uploads
5653 'upload' => [
5654 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5655 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5656 ],
5657 // Page rollbacks
5658 'rollback' => [
5659 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5660 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5661 ],
5662 // Triggering password resets emails
5663 'mailpassword' => [
5664 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5665 ],
5666 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5667 'emailuser' => [
5668 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5669 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5670 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5671 ],
5672 // Purging pages
5673 'purge' => [
5674 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5675 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5676 ],
5677 // Purges of link tables
5678 'linkpurge' => [
5679 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5680 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5681 ],
5682 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5683 'renderfile' => [
5684 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5685 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5686 ],
5687 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5688 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5689 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5690 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5691 ],
5692 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5693 'stashedit' => [
5694 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5695 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5696 ],
5697 // Adding or removing change tags
5698 'changetag' => [
5699 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5700 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5701 ],
5702 // Changing the content model of a page
5703 'editcontentmodel' => [
5704 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5705 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5706 ],
5707 ];
5708
5709 /**
5710 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5711 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5712 */
5713 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5714
5715 /**
5716 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5717 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5718 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5719 */
5720 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5721
5722 /**
5723 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5724 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5725 */
5726 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5727
5728 /**
5729 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5730 *
5731 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5732 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5733 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5734 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5735 *
5736 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5737 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5738 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5739 */
5740 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5741 // Short term limit
5742 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5743 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5744 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5745 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5746 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5747 ];
5748
5749 /**
5750 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5751 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5752 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5753 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5754 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5755 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5756 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5757 * @since 1.27
5758 */
5759 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5760
5761 // @TODO: clean up grants
5762 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5763
5764 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5765 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5766 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5767 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5768 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5770 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5774
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5779
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5784
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5787
5788 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5793
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5795
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5801
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5809
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5812
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5826
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5830
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5853
5854 /**
5855 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5856 * @since 1.27
5857 */
5858 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5859 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5860 'basic' => 'hidden',
5861
5862 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5863 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5864 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5865 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5866
5867 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5868 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5869
5870 'sendemail' => 'email',
5871
5872 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5873 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5874
5875 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5876 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5877
5878 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5879 'rollback' => 'administration',
5880 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5881 'delete' => 'administration',
5882 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5883 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5884 'protect' => 'administration',
5885 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5886
5887 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5888
5889 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5890 ];
5891
5892 /**
5893 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5894 * @since 1.27
5895 */
5896 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5897
5898 /**
5899 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5900 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5901 * @since 1.27
5902 */
5903 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5904
5905 /**
5906 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5907 *
5908 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5909 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5910 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5911 * @since 1.27
5912 */
5913 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5914
5915 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5916
5917 /************************************************************************//**
5918 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5919 * @{
5920 */
5921
5922 /**
5923 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5924 */
5925 $wgSecretKey = false;
5926
5927 /**
5928 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5929 *
5930 * This can have the following formats:
5931 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5932 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5933 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5934 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5935 */
5936 $wgProxyList = [];
5937
5938 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5939
5940 /************************************************************************//**
5941 * @name Cookie settings
5942 * @{
5943 */
5944
5945 /**
5946 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5947 */
5948 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5949
5950 /**
5951 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5952 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5953 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5954 * login cookies session-only.
5955 */
5956 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5957
5958 /**
5959 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5960 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5961 */
5962 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5963
5964 /**
5965 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5966 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5967 */
5968 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5972 * - true: Set secure flag
5973 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5974 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5975 */
5976 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5977
5978 /**
5979 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5980 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5981 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5982 * check.
5983 */
5984 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5988 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5989 * name to be used as a prefix.
5990 */
5991 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5995 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5996 * XSS attack.
5997 */
5998 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5999
6000 /**
6001 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6002 */
6003 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6004
6005 /**
6006 * Override to customise the session name
6007 */
6008 $wgSessionName = false;
6009
6010 /**
6011 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6012 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6013 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6014 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6015 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6016 */
6017 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6018
6019 /**
6020 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6021 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6022 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6023 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6024 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6025 */
6026 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6027
6028 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6029
6030 /************************************************************************//**
6031 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6032 * @{
6033 */
6034
6035 /**
6036 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6037 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6038 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6039 * Please see math/README for more information.
6040 */
6041 $wgUseTeX = false;
6042
6043 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6044
6045 /************************************************************************//**
6046 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6047 *
6048 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6049 *
6050 * @{
6051 */
6052
6053 /**
6054 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6055 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6056 * may contain private data.
6057 */
6058 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Prefix for debug log lines
6062 */
6063 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6064
6065 /**
6066 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6067 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6068 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6069 */
6070 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6071
6072 /**
6073 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6074 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6075 * and gen=js requests.
6076 */
6077 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6078
6079 /**
6080 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6081 *
6082 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6083 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6084 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6085 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6086 */
6087 $wgDebugComments = false;
6088
6089 /**
6090 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6091 *
6092 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6093 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6094 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6095 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6096 */
6097 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6098
6099 /**
6100 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6101 *
6102 * @since 1.26
6103 */
6104 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6105 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6106 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6107 'GET' => [
6108 'masterConns' => 0,
6109 'writes' => 0,
6110 'readQueryTime' => 5
6111 ],
6112 // HTTP POST requests.
6113 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6114 'POST' => [
6115 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6116 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6117 'maxAffected' => 1000
6118 ],
6119 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6120 'masterConns' => 0,
6121 'writes' => 0,
6122 'readQueryTime' => 5
6123 ],
6124 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6125 'PostSend-GET' => [
6126 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6127 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6128 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6129 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6130 'masterConns' => 0,
6131 'writes' => 0,
6132 ],
6133 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6134 'PostSend-POST' => [
6135 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6136 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6137 'maxAffected' => 1000
6138 ],
6139 // Background job runner
6140 'JobRunner' => [
6141 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6142 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6143 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6144 ],
6145 // Command-line scripts
6146 'Maintenance' => [
6147 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6148 'maxAffected' => 1000
6149 ]
6150 ];
6151
6152 /**
6153 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6154 *
6155 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6156 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6157 * in production.
6158 *
6159 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6160 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6161 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6162 * - associative array with keys:
6163 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6164 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6165 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6166 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6167 *
6168 * @par Example:
6169 * @code
6170 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6171 * @endcode
6172 *
6173 * @par Advanced example:
6174 * @code
6175 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6176 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6177 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6178 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6179 * ];
6180 * @endcode
6181 */
6182 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6183
6184 /**
6185 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6186 *
6187 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6188 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6189 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6190 * details.
6191 *
6192 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6193 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6194 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6195 *
6196 * @par To completely disable logging:
6197 * @code
6198 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6199 * @endcode
6200 *
6201 * @since 1.25
6202 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6203 * @see MwLogger
6204 */
6205 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6206 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6207 ];
6208
6209 /**
6210 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6211 *
6212 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6213 */
6214 $wgShowDebug = false;
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6218 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6219 */
6220 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6221
6222 /**
6223 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6224 */
6225 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6226
6227 /**
6228 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6229 */
6230 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6231
6232 /**
6233 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6234 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6235 * to an attacker.
6236 */
6237 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6241 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6242 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6243 * formatting.
6244 */
6245 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6246
6247 /**
6248 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6249 *
6250 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6251 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6252 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6253 * exception handler.
6254 */
6255 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6259 */
6260 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6264 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6265 */
6266 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6270 */
6271 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6272
6273 /**
6274 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6275 * Should be a string, default false.
6276 * @since 1.20
6277 */
6278 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6279
6280 /**
6281 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6282 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6283 */
6284 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6285
6286 /**
6287 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6288 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6289 * after the limit.
6290 */
6291 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Profiler configuration.
6295 *
6296 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6297 * For backwards-compatibility, it is also allowed to set the variable from
6298 * a separate file called StartProfiler.php, which MediaWiki will include.
6299 *
6300 * Example:
6301 *
6302 * @code
6303 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6304 * @endcode
6305 *
6306 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6307 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6308 *
6309 * @code
6310 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6311 * @endcode
6312 *
6313 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6314 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6315 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6316 *
6317 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6318 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6319 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6320 *
6321 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6322 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6323 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6324 *
6325 * @code
6326 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6327 * @endcode
6328 *
6329 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6330 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6331 *
6332 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6333 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6334 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6335 *
6336 * @code
6337 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6338 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6339 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6340 * @endcode
6341 *
6342 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6343 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6344 *
6345 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6346 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6347 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6348 *
6349 * @since 1.17.0
6350 */
6351 $wgProfiler = [];
6352
6353 /**
6354 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6355 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6356 */
6357 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6358
6359 /**
6360 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6361 *
6362 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6363 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6364 */
6365 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6366
6367 /**
6368 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6369 *
6370 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6371 *
6372 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6373 *
6374 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6375 * @since 1.25
6376 */
6377 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6378
6379 /**
6380 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6381 *
6382 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6383 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6384 * @since 1.25
6385 */
6386 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6387
6388 /**
6389 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6390 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6391 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6392 * @since 1.28
6393 */
6394 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6395 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6396 ];
6397
6398 /**
6399 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6400 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6401 * templates.
6402 */
6403 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6404
6405 /**
6406 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6407 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6408 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6409 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6410 */
6411 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6412
6413 /**
6414 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6415 * filename is passed to it.
6416 *
6417 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6418 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6419 *
6420 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6421 *
6422 * Use full paths.
6423 *
6424 * @deprecated since 1.30
6425 */
6426 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6427
6428 /**
6429 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6430 */
6431 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6432
6433 /**
6434 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6435 * @since 1.19
6436 */
6437 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6438
6439 /**
6440 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6441 * queries and other useful output.
6442 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6443 *
6444 * @since 1.19
6445 */
6446 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6447
6448 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6449
6450 /************************************************************************//**
6451 * @name Search
6452 * @{
6453 */
6454
6455 /**
6456 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6457 */
6458 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6459
6460 /**
6461 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6462 * by default off due to execution overhead
6463 */
6464 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6465
6466 /**
6467 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6468 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6469 */
6470 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6471
6472 /**
6473 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6474 *
6475 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6476 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6477 *
6478 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6479 *
6480 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6481 */
6482 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6486 *
6487 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6488 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6489 *
6490 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6491 */
6492 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6493 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6494 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6495 ];
6496
6497 /**
6498 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6499 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6500 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6501 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6502 */
6503 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6504
6505 /**
6506 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6507 * OpenSearch call.
6508 */
6509 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6513 */
6514 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6515
6516 /**
6517 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6518 */
6519 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6520
6521 /**
6522 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6523 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6524 */
6525 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6526
6527 /**
6528 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6529 *
6530 * @par Example:
6531 * @code
6532 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6533 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6534 * @endcode
6535 */
6536 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6537 NS_MAIN => true,
6538 ];
6539
6540 /**
6541 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6542 * implemented by an extension instead.
6543 */
6544 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6545
6546 /**
6547 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6548 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6549 * search term.
6550 *
6551 * @par Example:
6552 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6553 * @code
6554 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6555 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6556 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6557 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6558 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6559 * @endcode
6560 */
6561 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6562
6563 /**
6564 * Search form behavior.
6565 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6566 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6567 */
6568 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6572 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6573 * generated for all namespaces.
6574 */
6575 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6579 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6580 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6581 *
6582 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6583 * @par Example:
6584 * @code
6585 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6586 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6587 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6588 * ];
6589 * @endcode
6590 */
6591 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6592
6593 /**
6594 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6595 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6596 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6597 */
6598 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6599
6600 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6601
6602 /************************************************************************//**
6603 * @name Edit user interface
6604 * @{
6605 */
6606
6607 /**
6608 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6609 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6610 */
6611 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6612
6613 /**
6614 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6615 */
6616 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6617
6618 /**
6619 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6620 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6621 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6622 */
6623 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6624 NS_CATEGORY => true
6625 ];
6626
6627 /**
6628 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6629 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6630 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6631 */
6632 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6633
6634 /**
6635 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6636 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6637 * ting this variable false.
6638 */
6639 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6640
6641 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6642
6643 /************************************************************************//**
6644 * @name Maintenance
6645 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6646 * @{
6647 */
6648
6649 /**
6650 * @cond file_level_code
6651 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6652 */
6653 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6654 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6655 }
6656 /** @endcond */
6657
6658 /**
6659 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6660 */
6661 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6662
6663 /**
6664 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6665 * used as an explanation to users.
6666 *
6667 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6668 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6669 * option in MySQL.
6670 */
6671 $wgReadOnly = null;
6672
6673 /**
6674 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6675 * @var bool
6676 * @since 1.31
6677 */
6678 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6679
6680 /**
6681 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6682 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6683 * message.
6684 *
6685 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6686 */
6687 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6688
6689 /**
6690 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6691 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6692 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6693 *
6694 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6695 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6696 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6697 */
6698 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6699
6700 /**
6701 * Fully specified path to git binary
6702 */
6703 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6704
6705 /**
6706 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6707 *
6708 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6709 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6710 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6711 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6712 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6713 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6714 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6715 *
6716 * @since 1.20
6717 */
6718 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6719 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6720 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6721 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6722 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6723 ];
6724
6725 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6726
6727 /************************************************************************//**
6728 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6729 * @{
6730 */
6731
6732 /**
6733 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6734 * seconds will go.
6735 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6736 */
6737 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6738
6739 /**
6740 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6741 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6742 * @since 1.26
6743 */
6744 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6745
6746 /**
6747 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6748 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6749 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6750 * @since 1.26
6751 */
6752 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6756 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6757 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6758 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6759 * is still there.
6760 */
6761 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6762
6763 /**
6764 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6765 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6766 */
6767 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6768
6769 /**
6770 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6771 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6772 */
6773 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6774
6775 /**
6776 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6777 *
6778 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6779 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6780 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6781 *
6782 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6783 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6784 * passed to the constructor.
6785 *
6786 * Common options:
6787 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6788 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6789 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6790 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6791 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6792 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6793 *
6794 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6795 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6796 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6797 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6798 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6799 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6800 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6801 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6802 *
6803 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6804 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6805 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6806 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6807 *
6808 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6809 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6810 *
6811 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6812 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6813 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6814 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6815 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6816 * ];
6817 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6818 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6819 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6820 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6821 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6822 * ];
6823 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6824 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6825 * ];
6826 * @since 1.22
6827 */
6828 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6829
6830 /**
6831 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6832 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6833 * @since 1.22
6834 */
6835 $wgRCEngines = [
6836 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6837 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6838 ];
6839
6840 /**
6841 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6842 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6843 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6844 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6845 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6846 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6847 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6848 *
6849 * @since 1.27
6850 */
6851 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6852
6853 /**
6854 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6855 * New pages and new files are included.
6856 *
6857 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6858 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6859 * Special:Log.
6860 */
6861 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6862
6863 /**
6864 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6865 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6866 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6867 * that lets users disable them.
6868 *
6869 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6870 *
6871 * @since 1.30
6872 */
6873 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters on watchlist.
6877 * Works just like $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference.
6878 *
6879 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed
6880 * @since 1.32
6881 */
6882 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowWatchlistPreference = false;
6883
6884 /**
6885 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6886 *
6887 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6888 */
6889 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6890
6891 /**
6892 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6893 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6894 * 0 to disable completely.
6895 */
6896 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6900 *
6901 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6902 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6903 * Special:Log.
6904 */
6905 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6906
6907 /**
6908 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6909 *
6910 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6911 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6912 * Special:Log.
6913 *
6914 * @since 1.27
6915 */
6916 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6920 */
6921 $wgFeed = true;
6922
6923 /**
6924 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6925 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6926 */
6927 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6928
6929 /**
6930 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6931 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6932 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6933 *
6934 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6935 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6936 */
6937 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6941 * pages larger than this size.
6942 */
6943 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6944
6945 /**
6946 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6947 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6948 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6949 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6950 * as value.
6951 * @par Example:
6952 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6953 * @code
6954 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6955 * @endcode
6956 */
6957 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6958
6959 /**
6960 * Available feeds objects.
6961 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6962 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6963 */
6964 $wgFeedClasses = [
6965 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6966 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6967 ];
6968
6969 /**
6970 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6971 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6972 */
6973 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6974
6975 /**
6976 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6977 */
6978 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6979
6980 /**
6981 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6982 */
6983 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6984
6985 /**
6986 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6987 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6988 * highlighted on the RC page.
6989 */
6990 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6991
6992 /**
6993 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6994 * view for watched pages with new changes
6995 */
6996 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6997
6998 /**
6999 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7000 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7001 */
7002 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7003
7004 /**
7005 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7006 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7007 */
7008 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7009
7010 /**
7011 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7012 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7013 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7014 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7015 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7016 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7017 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7018 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7019 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7020 *
7021 * @var array
7022 * @since 1.31
7023 */
7024 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7025 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7026 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7027 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7028 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7029 'mw-blank' => true,
7030 'mw-replace' => true,
7031 'mw-rollback' => true,
7032 'mw-undo' => true,
7033 ];
7034
7035 /**
7036 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7037 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7038 * watchers.
7039 *
7040 * @since 1.21
7041 */
7042 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7043
7044 /**
7045 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7046 * certain types of edits.
7047 *
7048 * To register a new one:
7049 * @code
7050 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7051 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7052 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7053 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7054 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7055 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7056 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7057 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7058 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7059 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7060 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7061 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7062 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7063 * ];
7064 * @endcode
7065 *
7066 * @since 1.22
7067 */
7068 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7069 'newpage' => [
7070 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7071 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7072 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7073 'grouping' => 'any',
7074 ],
7075 'minor' => [
7076 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7077 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7078 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7079 'class' => 'minoredit',
7080 'grouping' => 'all',
7081 ],
7082 'bot' => [
7083 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7084 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7085 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7086 'class' => 'botedit',
7087 'grouping' => 'all',
7088 ],
7089 'unpatrolled' => [
7090 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7091 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7092 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7093 'grouping' => 'any',
7094 ],
7095 ];
7096
7097 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7098
7099 /************************************************************************//**
7100 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7101 * @{
7102 */
7103
7104 /**
7105 * Override for copyright metadata.
7106 *
7107 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7108 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7109 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7110 */
7111 $wgRightsPage = null;
7112
7113 /**
7114 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7115 * wiki.
7116 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7117 */
7118 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7119
7120 /**
7121 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7122 * link.
7123 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7124 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7125 */
7126 $wgRightsText = null;
7127
7128 /**
7129 * Override for copyright metadata.
7130 */
7131 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7132
7133 /**
7134 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7135 */
7136 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7137
7138 /**
7139 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7140 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7141 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7142 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7143 * large wikis.
7144 */
7145 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7146
7147 /**
7148 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7149 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7150 */
7151 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7152
7153 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7154
7155 /************************************************************************//**
7156 * @name Import / Export
7157 * @{
7158 */
7159
7160 /**
7161 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7162 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7163 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7164 *
7165 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7166 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7167 * e.g.
7168 * @code
7169 * $wgImportSources = [
7170 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7171 * 'wikispecies',
7172 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7173 * ];
7174 * @endcode
7175 *
7176 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7177 * the ImportSources hook.
7178 *
7179 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7180 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7181 */
7182 $wgImportSources = [];
7183
7184 /**
7185 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7186 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7187 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7188 *
7189 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7190 */
7191 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7192
7193 /**
7194 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7195 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7196 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7197 */
7198 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7199
7200 /**
7201 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7202 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7203 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7204 */
7205 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7206
7207 /**
7208 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7209 */
7210 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7211
7212 /**
7213 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7214 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7215 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7216 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7217 * it's disabled by default for now.
7218 *
7219 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7220 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7221 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7222 */
7223 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7224
7225 /**
7226 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7227 */
7228 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7229
7230 /**
7231 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7232 */
7233 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7234
7235 /**
7236 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7237 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7238 *
7239 * @since 1.27
7240 */
7241 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7242
7243 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7244
7245 /*************************************************************************//**
7246 * @name Extensions
7247 * @{
7248 */
7249
7250 /**
7251 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7252 * initialised
7253 */
7254 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7255
7256 /**
7257 * Extension messages files.
7258 *
7259 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7260 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7261 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7262 * is the most common.
7263 *
7264 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7265 * in the core.
7266 *
7267 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7268 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7269 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7270 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7271 *
7272 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7273 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7274 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7275 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7276 *
7277 * @par Example:
7278 * @code
7279 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7280 * @endcode
7281 */
7282 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7283
7284 /**
7285 * Extension messages directories.
7286 *
7287 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7288 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7289 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7290 * message directories.
7291 *
7292 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7293 *
7294 * @par Simple example:
7295 * @code
7296 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7297 * @endcode
7298 *
7299 * @par Complex example:
7300 * @code
7301 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7302 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7303 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7304 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7305 * ]
7306 * @endcode
7307 * @since 1.23
7308 */
7309 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7310
7311 /**
7312 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7313 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7314 * @since 1.22
7315 */
7316 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7317
7318 /**
7319 * Parser output hooks.
7320 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7321 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7322 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7323 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7324 *
7325 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7326 *
7327 * The callback has the form:
7328 * @code
7329 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7330 * @endcode
7331 */
7332 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7333
7334 /**
7335 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7336 */
7337 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7338
7339 /**
7340 * List of valid skin names
7341 *
7342 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7343 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7344 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7345 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7346 */
7347 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7348
7349 /**
7350 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7351 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7352 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7353 * SpecialPage.
7354 */
7355 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7356
7357 /**
7358 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7359 */
7360 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7361
7362 /**
7363 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7364 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7365 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7366 */
7367 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7368
7369 /**
7370 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7371 *
7372 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7373 *
7374 * @code
7375 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7376 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7377 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7378 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7379 * 'author' => [
7380 * 'Foo Barstein',
7381 * ],
7382 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7383 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7384 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7385 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7386 * ];
7387 * @endcode
7388 *
7389 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7390 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7391 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7392 * interpreted as wikitext.
7393 *
7394 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7395 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7396 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7397 *
7398 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7399 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7400 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7401 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7402 *
7403 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7404 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7405 * usually are.)
7406 *
7407 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7408 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7409 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7410 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7411 *
7412 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7413 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7414 *
7415 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7416 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7417 *
7418 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7419 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7420 */
7421 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7422
7423 /**
7424 * Authentication plugin.
7425 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7426 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7427 */
7428 $wgAuth = null;
7429
7430 /**
7431 * Global list of hooks.
7432 *
7433 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7434 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7435 * internally by Hook:run().
7436 *
7437 * The value can be one of:
7438 *
7439 * - A function name:
7440 * @code
7441 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7442 * @endcode
7443 * - A function with some data:
7444 * @code
7445 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7446 * @endcode
7447 * - A an object method:
7448 * @code
7449 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7450 * @endcode
7451 * - A closure:
7452 * @code
7453 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7454 * // Handler code goes here.
7455 * };
7456 * @endcode
7457 *
7458 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7459 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7460 *
7461 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7462 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7463 */
7464 $wgHooks = [];
7465
7466 /**
7467 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7468 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7469 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7470 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7471 * hook for that.
7472 *
7473 * @see MediaWikiServices
7474 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7475 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7476 */
7477 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7478 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7479 ];
7480
7481 /**
7482 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7483 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7484 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7485 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7486 */
7487 $wgJobClasses = [
7488 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7489 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7490 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7491 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7492 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7493 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7494 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7495 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7496 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7497 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7498 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7499 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7500 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7501 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7502 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7503 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7504 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7505 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7506 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7507 'null' => NullJob::class,
7508 ];
7509
7510 /**
7511 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7512 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7513 *
7514 * These can be:
7515 * - Very long-running jobs.
7516 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7517 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7518 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7519 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7520 */
7521 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7522
7523 /**
7524 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7525 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7526 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7527 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7528 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7529 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7530 * @var float[]
7531 */
7532 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7533
7534 /**
7535 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7536 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7537 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7538 *
7539 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7540 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7541 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7542 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7543 *
7544 * @var float|bool
7545 * @since 1.26
7546 */
7547 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7548
7549 /**
7550 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7551 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7552 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7553 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7554 */
7555 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7556 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7557 ];
7558
7559 /**
7560 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7561 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7562 */
7563 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7564 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7565 ];
7566
7567 /**
7568 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7569 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7570 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7571 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7572 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7573 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7574 * that limit is hit.
7575 *
7576 * @since 1.29
7577 */
7578 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7579
7580 /**
7581 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7582 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7583 */
7584 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7585 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7586 ];
7587
7588 /**
7589 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7590 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7591 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7592 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7593 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7594 */
7595 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7596 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7597 ];
7598
7599 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7600
7601 /*************************************************************************//**
7602 * @name Categories
7603 * @{
7604 */
7605
7606 /**
7607 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7608 */
7609 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7610
7611 /**
7612 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7613 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7614 */
7615 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7616
7617 /**
7618 * Paging limit for categories
7619 */
7620 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7621
7622 /**
7623 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7624 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7625 *
7626 * Available values are:
7627 *
7628 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7629 *
7630 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7631 *
7632 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7633 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7634 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7635 *
7636 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7637 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7638 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7639 * server.
7640 *
7641 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7642 * the sort keys in the database.
7643 *
7644 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7645 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7646 */
7647 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7648
7649 /** @} */ # End categories }
7650
7651 /*************************************************************************//**
7652 * @name Logging
7653 * @{
7654 */
7655
7656 /**
7657 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7658 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7659 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7660 * log type.
7661 */
7662 $wgLogTypes = [
7663 '',
7664 'block',
7665 'protect',
7666 'rights',
7667 'delete',
7668 'upload',
7669 'move',
7670 'import',
7671 'patrol',
7672 'merge',
7673 'suppress',
7674 'tag',
7675 'managetags',
7676 'contentmodel',
7677 ];
7678
7679 /**
7680 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7681 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7682 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7683 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7684 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7685 */
7686 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7687 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7688 ];
7689
7690 /**
7691 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7692 *
7693 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7694 *
7695 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7696 *
7697 * @par Example:
7698 * @code
7699 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7700 * @endcode
7701 *
7702 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7703 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7704 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7705 *
7706 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7707 * for the link text.
7708 */
7709 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7710 'patrol' => true,
7711 'tag' => true,
7712 ];
7713
7714 /**
7715 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7716 * will be listed in the user interface.
7717 *
7718 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7719 *
7720 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7721 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7722 */
7723 $wgLogNames = [
7724 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7725 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7726 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7727 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7728 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7729 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7730 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7731 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7732 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7733 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7734 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7735 ];
7736
7737 /**
7738 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7739 * top of each log type.
7740 *
7741 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7742 *
7743 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7744 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7745 */
7746 $wgLogHeaders = [
7747 '' => 'alllogstext',
7748 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7749 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7750 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7751 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7752 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7753 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7754 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7755 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7756 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7757 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7758 ];
7759
7760 /**
7761 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7762 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7763 *
7764 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7765 */
7766 $wgLogActions = [];
7767
7768 /**
7769 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7770 * not messages.
7771 * @see LogPage::actionText
7772 * @see LogFormatter
7773 */
7774 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7775 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7776 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7777 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7778 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7779 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7780 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7781 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7782 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7783 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7784 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7785 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7786 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7787 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7788 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7789 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7790 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7791 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7792 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7793 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7794 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7795 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7796 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7797 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7798 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7799 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7800 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7801 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7802 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7803 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7804 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7805 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7806 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7807 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7808 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7809 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7810 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7811 ];
7812
7813 /**
7814 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7815 *
7816 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7817 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7818 * Extensions may append to this array
7819 * @since 1.27
7820 */
7821 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7822 'block' => [
7823 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7824 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7825 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7826 ],
7827 'contentmodel' => [
7828 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7829 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7830 ],
7831 'delete' => [
7832 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7833 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7834 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7835 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7836 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7837 ],
7838 'import' => [
7839 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7840 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7841 ],
7842 'managetags' => [
7843 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7844 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7845 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7846 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7847 ],
7848 'move' => [
7849 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7850 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7851 ],
7852 'newusers' => [
7853 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7854 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7855 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7856 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7857 ],
7858 'protect' => [
7859 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7860 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7861 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7862 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7863 ],
7864 'rights' => [
7865 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7866 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7867 ],
7868 'suppress' => [
7869 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7870 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7871 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7872 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7873 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7874 ],
7875 'upload' => [
7876 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7877 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7878 ],
7879 ];
7880
7881 /**
7882 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7883 */
7884 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7885
7886 /**
7887 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7888 * @since 1.32
7889 */
7890 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7891
7892 /** @} */ # end logging }
7893
7894 /*************************************************************************//**
7895 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7896 * @{
7897 */
7898
7899 /**
7900 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7901 */
7902 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7903
7904 /**
7905 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7906 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7907 */
7908 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7909
7910 /**
7911 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7912 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7913 */
7914 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7915
7916 /**
7917 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7918 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7919 */
7920 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7921
7922 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7923
7924 /*************************************************************************//**
7925 * @name Actions
7926 * @{
7927 */
7928
7929 /**
7930 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7931 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7932 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7933 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7934 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7935 * instead of the default class.
7936 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7937 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7938 */
7939 $wgActions = [
7940 'credits' => true,
7941 'delete' => true,
7942 'edit' => true,
7943 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7944 'history' => true,
7945 'info' => true,
7946 'markpatrolled' => true,
7947 'protect' => true,
7948 'purge' => true,
7949 'raw' => true,
7950 'render' => true,
7951 'revert' => true,
7952 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7953 'rollback' => true,
7954 'submit' => true,
7955 'unprotect' => true,
7956 'unwatch' => true,
7957 'view' => true,
7958 'watch' => true,
7959 ];
7960
7961 /** @} */ # end actions }
7962
7963 /*************************************************************************//**
7964 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7965 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7966 * @{
7967 */
7968
7969 /**
7970 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7971 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7972 * basis.
7973 */
7974 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7975
7976 /**
7977 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7978 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7979 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7980 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7981 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7982 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7983 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7984 *
7985 * @par Example:
7986 * @code
7987 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7988 * @endcode
7989 */
7990 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7991
7992 /**
7993 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7994 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7995 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7996 *
7997 * @par Example:
7998 * @code
7999 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8000 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8001 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8002 * ];
8003 * @endcode
8004 *
8005 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8006 * forms:
8007 * @code
8008 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8009 * # Underscore, not space!
8010 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8011 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8012 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8013 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8014 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8015 * ];
8016 * @endcode
8017 */
8018 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8019
8020 /**
8021 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8022 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8023 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8024 *
8025 * @par Example:
8026 * @code
8027 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8028 * @endcode
8029 */
8030 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8031
8032 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8033
8034 /************************************************************************//**
8035 * @name AJAX and API
8036 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8037 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8038 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8039 * @{
8040 */
8041
8042 /**
8043 *
8044 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8045 *
8046 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8047 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8048 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8049 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8050 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8051 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8052 * requiring POST.
8053 *
8054 * @since 1.21
8055 */
8056 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8057
8058 /**
8059 * API module extensions.
8060 *
8061 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8062 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8063 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8064 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8065 *
8066 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8067 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8068 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8069 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8070 * field.
8071 *
8072 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8073 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8074 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8075 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8076 *
8077 * Examples for registering API modules:
8078 *
8079 * @code
8080 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8081 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8082 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8083 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8084 * ];
8085 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8086 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8087 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8088 * ];
8089 * @endcode
8090 *
8091 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8092 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8093 */
8094 $wgAPIModules = [];
8095
8096 /**
8097 * API format module extensions.
8098 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8099 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8100 *
8101 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8102 */
8103 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8104
8105 /**
8106 * API Query meta module extensions.
8107 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8108 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8109 *
8110 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8111 */
8112 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8113
8114 /**
8115 * API Query prop module extensions.
8116 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8117 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8118 *
8119 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8120 */
8121 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8122
8123 /**
8124 * API Query list module extensions.
8125 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8126 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8127 *
8128 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8129 */
8130 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8131
8132 /**
8133 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8134 * The default value is generally fine
8135 */
8136 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8137
8138 /**
8139 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8140 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8141 */
8142 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8143
8144 /**
8145 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8146 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8147 */
8148 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8149
8150 /**
8151 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8152 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8153 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8154 */
8155 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8159 * API request logging
8160 */
8161 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8162
8163 /**
8164 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8165 */
8166 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8167
8168 /**
8169 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8170 * API queries.
8171 */
8172 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8173 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8174 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8175 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8176 ];
8177
8178 /**
8179 * Enable AJAX framework
8180 *
8181 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8182 */
8183 $wgUseAjax = true;
8184
8185 /**
8186 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8187 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8188 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8189 */
8190 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8191
8192 /**
8193 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8194 */
8195 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8196
8197 /**
8198 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8199 */
8200 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8201
8202 /**
8203 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8204 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8205 */
8206 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8210 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8211 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8212 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8213 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8214 *
8215 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8216 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8217 *
8218 * @par Example:
8219 * @code
8220 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8221 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8222 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8223 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8224 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8225 * ];
8226 * @endcode
8227 */
8228 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8229
8230 /**
8231 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8232 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8233 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8234 */
8235 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8236
8237 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8238
8239 /************************************************************************//**
8240 * @name Shell and process control
8241 * @{
8242 */
8243
8244 /**
8245 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8246 */
8247 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8248
8249 /**
8250 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8251 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8252 */
8253 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8257 */
8258 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8259
8260 /**
8261 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8262 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8263 */
8264 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8268 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8269 *
8270 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8271 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8272 * them segfault or deadlock.
8273 *
8274 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8275 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8276 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8277 *
8278 * @par Example:
8279 * @code
8280 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8281 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8282 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8283 * @endcode
8284 *
8285 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8286 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8287 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8288 */
8289 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8290
8291 /**
8292 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8293 */
8294 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8295
8296 /**
8297 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8298 *
8299 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8300 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8301 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8302 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8303 *
8304 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8305 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8306 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8307 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8308 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8309 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8310 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8311 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8312 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8313 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8314 * decimal separator)
8315 *
8316 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8317 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8318 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8319 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8320 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8321 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8322 * displayed to the user.
8323 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8324 * date/time values.
8325 *
8326 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8327 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8328 * wikis.
8329 */
8330 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8331
8332 /**
8333 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8334 *
8335 * Supported options:
8336 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8337 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8338 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8339 *
8340 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8341 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8342 *
8343 * @since 1.31
8344 * @var string|bool
8345 */
8346 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8347
8348 /** @} */ # End shell }
8349
8350 /************************************************************************//**
8351 * @name HTTP client
8352 * @{
8353 */
8354
8355 /**
8356 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8357 * @var int
8358 */
8359 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8360
8361 /**
8362 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8363 * @since 1.29
8364 */
8365 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8366
8367 /**
8368 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8369 */
8370 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8371
8372 /**
8373 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8374 */
8375 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8376
8377 /**
8378 * Local virtual hosts.
8379 *
8380 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8381 *
8382 * This affects the following:
8383 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8384 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8385 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8386 * the proxy if it is configured.
8387 *
8388 * @since 1.25
8389 */
8390 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8391
8392 /**
8393 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8394 * Only works for curl
8395 */
8396 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8397
8398 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8399
8400 /************************************************************************//**
8401 * @name Job queue
8402 * @{
8403 */
8404
8405 /**
8406 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8407 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8408 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8409 * be run periodically.
8410 */
8411 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8412
8413 /**
8414 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8415 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8416 * execution finishes.
8417 *
8418 * @since 1.23
8419 */
8420 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8421
8422 /**
8423 * Number of rows to update per job
8424 */
8425 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8426
8427 /**
8428 * Number of rows to update per query
8429 */
8430 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8431
8432 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8433
8434 /************************************************************************//**
8435 * @name Miscellaneous
8436 * @{
8437 */
8438
8439 /**
8440 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8441 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8442 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8443 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8444 */
8445 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8446
8447 /**
8448 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8449 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8450 * Supported values:
8451 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8452 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8453 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8454 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8455 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8456 *
8457 * @since 1.30
8458 */
8459 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8460
8461 /**
8462 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8463 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8464 *
8465 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8466 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8467 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8468 */
8469 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8470
8471 /**
8472 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8473 * For debugging
8474 */
8475 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8476
8477 /**
8478 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8479 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8480 */
8481 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8482
8483 /**
8484 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8485 */
8486 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8487
8488 /**
8489 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8490 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8491 */
8492 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8493
8494 /**
8495 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8496 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8497 */
8498 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8499
8500 /**
8501 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8502 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8503 *
8504 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8505 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8506 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8507 * parameters.
8508 *
8509 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8510 * @code
8511 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8512 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8513 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8514 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8515 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8516 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8517 * 'redisConfig' => []
8518 * ] ];
8519 * @endcode
8520 *
8521 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8522 * @code
8523 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8524 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8525 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8526 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8527 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8528 * ... any extension-specific options...
8529 * ] ];
8530 * @endcode
8531 */
8532 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8533
8534 /**
8535 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8536 */
8537 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8538
8539 /**
8540 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8541 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8542 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8543 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8544 *
8545 * @since 1.21
8546 */
8547 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8548
8549 /**
8550 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8551 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8552 *
8553 * * 'ignore': return null
8554 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8555 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8556 *
8557 * @since 1.21
8558 */
8559 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8560
8561 /**
8562 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8563 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8564 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8565 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8566 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8567 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8568 *
8569 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8570 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8571 *
8572 * @since 1.21
8573 */
8574 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8575
8576 /**
8577 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8578 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8579 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8580 *
8581 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8582 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8583 *
8584 * @since 1.21
8585 */
8586 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8587 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8588 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8589 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8590 ];
8591
8592 /**
8593 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8594 *
8595 * @since 1.20
8596 */
8597 $wgSiteTypes = [
8598 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8599 ];
8600
8601 /**
8602 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8603 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8604 * @since 1.23
8605 */
8606 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8607
8608 /**
8609 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8610 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8611 * @see T67184
8612 * @since 1.24
8613 */
8614 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8615
8616 /**
8617 * Secret for session storage.
8618 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8619 * be used.
8620 * @since 1.27
8621 */
8622 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8623
8624 /**
8625 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8626 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8627 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8628 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8629 * @since 1.27
8630 */
8631 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8632
8633 /**
8634 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8635 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8636 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8637 * be used.
8638 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8639 * @since 1.24
8640 */
8641 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8642
8643 /**
8644 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8645 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8646 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8647 * @since 1.24
8648 */
8649 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8650
8651 /**
8652 * Enable page language feature
8653 * Allows setting page language in database
8654 * @var bool
8655 * @since 1.24
8656 */
8657 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8658
8659 /**
8660 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8661 *
8662 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8663 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8664 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8665 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8666 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8667 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8668 *
8669 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8670 *
8671 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8672 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8673 * 'options' => [
8674 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8675 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8676 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8677 * ]
8678 * ];
8679 *
8680 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8681 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8682 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8683 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8684 *
8685 * Example config for Parsoid:
8686 *
8687 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8688 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8689 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8690 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8691 * ];
8692 *
8693 * @var array
8694 * @since 1.25
8695 */
8696 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8697 'paths' => [],
8698 'modules' => [],
8699 'global' => [
8700 # Timeout in seconds
8701 'timeout' => 360,
8702 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8703 'forwardCookies' => false,
8704 'HTTPProxy' => null
8705 ]
8706 ];
8707
8708 /**
8709 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8710 * these suggestions.
8711 *
8712 * @var bool
8713 * @since 1.26
8714 */
8715 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8716
8717 /**
8718 * Where popular password file is located.
8719 *
8720 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8721 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8722 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8723 *
8724 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8725 * @since 1.27
8726 * @var string path to file
8727 */
8728 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8729
8730 /*
8731 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8732 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8733 *
8734 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8735 * @since 1.27
8736 */
8737 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8738
8739 /*
8740 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8741 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8742 *
8743 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8744 * @since 1.30
8745 */
8746 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8747
8748 /**
8749 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8750 *
8751 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8752 * @since 1.32
8753 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8754 * If an array, can have parameters:
8755 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8756 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8757 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8758 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8759 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8760 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8761 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8762 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8763 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8764 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8765 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8766 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8767 */
8768 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8769
8770 /**
8771 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8772 *
8773 * @since 1.32
8774 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8775 */
8776 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8777
8778 /**
8779 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8780 *
8781 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8782 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8783 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8784 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8785 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8786 *
8787 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8788 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8789 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8790 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8791 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8792 *
8793 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8794 *
8795 * @since 1.27
8796 */
8797 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8798 'default' => [
8799 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8800 ]
8801 ];
8802
8803 /**
8804 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8805 *
8806 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8807 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8808 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8809 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8810 *
8811 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8812 *
8813 * @var bool
8814 * @since 1.28
8815 */
8816 $wgPingback = false;
8817
8818 /**
8819 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8820 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8821 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8822 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8823 *
8824 * @since 1.28
8825 */
8826 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8827 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8828 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8829 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8830 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8831 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8832 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8833 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8834 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8835 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8836 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8837 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8838 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8839 ];
8840
8841 /**
8842 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8843 * at Special:Contributions.
8844 *
8845 * @var array
8846 * @since 1.30
8847 */
8848 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8849 'IPv4' => 16,
8850 'IPv6' => 32,
8851 ];
8852
8853 /**
8854 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8855 *
8856 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8857 *
8858 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8859 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8860 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8861 *
8862 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8863 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8864 */
8865 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8866 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8867 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8868 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8869
8870 /**
8871 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8872 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8873 *
8874 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8875 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8876 *
8877 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8878 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8879 *
8880 * @par Example:
8881 * @code
8882 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8883 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8884 *];
8885 * @endcode
8886 */
8887 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8888
8889 /**
8890 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8891 * @since 1.30
8892 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8893 */
8894 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8895
8896 /**
8897 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8898 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8899 *
8900 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8901 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8902 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8903 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8904 *
8905 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8906 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8907 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8908 *
8909 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8910 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8911 *
8912 * @since 1.32
8913 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8914 */
8915 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8916
8917 /**
8918 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8919 * @since 1.31
8920 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8921 */
8922 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8923
8924 /**
8925 * Temporary option to disable the date picker from the Expiry Widget.
8926 *
8927 * @since 1.32
8928 * @deprecated 1.32
8929 * @var bool
8930 */
8931 $wgExpiryWidgetNoDatePicker = false;
8932
8933 /**
8934 * change_tag table schema migration stage.
8935 *
8936 * - MIGRATION_OLD: Do not use change_tag_def table or ct_tag_id.
8937 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH: Write to the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, but read from
8938 * the old schema. This is different from the formal definition of the constants
8939 * - MIGRATION_WRITE_NEW: Behaves the same as MIGRATION_WRITE_BOTH
8940 * - MIGRATION_NEW: Use the change_tag_def table and ct_tag_id, do not read/write ct_tag
8941 *
8942 * @since 1.32
8943 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8944 */
8945 $wgChangeTagsSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8946
8947 /**
8948 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8949 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8950 * @}
8951 */